Xerox AltaLink C8030, AltaLink C8035, AltaLink C8045, AltaLink C8055, AltaLink C8070 Users Guide [ar]

702P07231

ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ2.1
ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ2019

Xerox

®

AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

C80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

AltaLink

Xerox and Designﻭ

Xerox Secure Access

Mobile Express Driverﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ

Macromedia

the AirPrint Logo

®

®

SuppliesAssistantﻭ

®

Global Print Driverﻭ

®

Xeroxﻭ

®

MeterAssistantﻭ

®

®

Scan to PC Desktopﻭ

Xerox Extensible Interface Platformﻭ

®

SMARTsendﻭ

®

®

FreeFlowﻭ

Unified ID Systemﻭ

ﺣﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ©ﻋﺎﻡ2019ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔXerox Corporation.ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

®

ﻭ

ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔXeroxﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﻭ/ﺃﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ.

™

®

®

AirPrintﻭ

®

Flashﻭ

Androidﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ

ATMﻭ

®

iPod touchﻭ

™

Adobe®Type Managerﻭ

®

®

iPhoneﻭ

iPodﻭ

®

Adobe®Readerﻭ

®

®

TrueTypeﻭ

iPadﻭ

Google Cloud PrintﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔGmail™webmailﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ

®

®

PostScriptﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔAdobe Systems, Inc

®

EtherTalkﻭ

™

MacintoshﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔApple Inc.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ.

Photoshopﻭ

Bonjourﻭ

®

Mac OSﻭ

™

®

®

®

AdobeﻭAdobe PDF logoﻭ

®

ﻭ

®

Appleﻭ

®

ﻭ

Macﻭ

ﺇﻥﺧﺪﻣﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔGoogle, Inc.

®

PCLﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔHewlett-Packard Corporationﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭ/ﺃﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

®

HP-UXﻭ

AIXﻫﻤﺎﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺘﺎﻥﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎﻥﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔInternational Business Machines Corporationﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭ/ﺃﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

™

McAfee ePOﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔMcAfee, Inc.ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ

ePolicy Orchestratorﻭ

®

McAfeeﻭ

®

HP-GLﻭ

®

®

IBMﻭ

®

ﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

®

OneDriveﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔMicrosoft

Windows Serverﻭ

®

Windowsﻭ

®

Windows Vistaﻭ

®

Microsoftﻭ

®

Corporationﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

ﺗُﻌﺪMopriaﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔMopria Alliance.

™

IPXﻭ™Novell Distributed Print Servicesﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ

®

NDSﻭ

®

NDPSﻭ

NetWareﻭ

®

®

Novellﻭ

ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔNovell, Inc.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

®

PANTONE

ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔPantone, Inc.ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔPantone, Inc.

®

®

SGIﻭ

IRIXﻫﻤﺎﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺘﺎﻥﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎﻥﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢﺷﺮﻛﺔSilicon Graphics International Corp.ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭ/

ﺃﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

SunﻭSun MicrosystemsﻭSolarisﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔOracleﻭ/ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ

ﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

®

UNIXﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﺩﻭﻝﺃﺧﺮﻯ،ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺣﺼﺮﻱﻋﺒﺮﺷﺮﻛﺔX/Open Company Limited.

®

ﻫﻲﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢWi-Fi Alliance.

ﺇﻥﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi DirectﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻣﻦWi-Fi

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

1ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ..................................................................................................................................11

ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ.................................................................................................................12

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ.....................................................................................................................13

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻣﺔ.................................................................................................................13

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺴﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ......................................................................................13

ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺉ........................................................................................................14

ﺳﻠﻚﺧﻂﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ...............................................................................................................14

ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.......................................................................................................................15

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ..............................................................................................................15

ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻏﺎﺯﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ..........................................................................................................15

ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ...................................................................................................................15

ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.............................................................................................................15

ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ.......................................................................................................................17

ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ........................................................................................................................18

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ.......................................................................20

2ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ....................................................................................................................................21

ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ........................................................................................................................22

ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ....................................................................................................................22

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ....................................................................................23

ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ....................................................................................................................24

ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ................................................................................................................26

ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺧﻠﻔﻲ.....................................................................................................................27

ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﯫﺕﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ............................................................................................................28

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.......................................................................................................................36

ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ................................................................................36

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ.......................................................37

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ................................................................................................................38

ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ.......................................................................................................................38

ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ.........................................................................................................................38

ﺇﺿﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ.......................................................................................................38

ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ.........................................................................................................................39

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.................................................................................................................39

ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻋﻦﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®.....................................................................................................40

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ..................................................................................................................41

ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ...................................................................................................................41

Embedded Web Server..................................................................................................42

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰEmbedded Web Server.............................................................................42

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server................................................................42

ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ......................................................................................43

ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻦEmbedded Web Server.................................................................44

ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ....................................................................................................................45

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ.............................................................................................45

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ............................................................................................................45

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

3

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ................................................................................................................45

ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ............................................................................................................52

ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.........................................................................................................52

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ..................................................................................................53

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.................................................................................................53

ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ..................................................................................................................56

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ....................................................................................................56

3ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ.................................................................................................57

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ...................................................................................58

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ.............................................................59

ﻋﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ...............................................................................59

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ................................................................................59

ﺣﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.............................................................................................60

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.........................................................................................60

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ....................................................................61

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ.........................................................61

ﻋﺮﺽﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ.......................................................................................61

ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.......................................................................................61

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ...............................................................................62

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ...........................................................................................63

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ...................................................................................................63

ﺣﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻩ........................................................................................63

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ................................................................................................64

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ..............................................................................................................65

4ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®................................................................................................................67

ﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®..........................................................................................68

®

Xerox..................................................................68

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـ

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®.....................................................................68

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®......................................................69

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®......................................................69

ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ................................................................................................................................71

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.......................................................................................................71

ﺣﻮﻝ............................................................................................................................72

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ............................................................................................................72

ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ...............................................................................................................72

ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ...................................................................................................73

ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪ...............................................................................................................73

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.................................................................................................................................74

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ........................................................................................................74

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.....................................................................................................................74

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ....................................................................................................75

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server...................................................................78

ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.................................................................................................................................80

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ........................................................................................................80

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴﺨﺔ.....................................................................................................................80

ﻧﺴﺦﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ..........................................................................................................81

ﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ....................................................................................................................91

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻧﺴﺨﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ..........................................................................................91

4

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

ﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻫﻮﻳﺔ...............................................................................................................91

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ...........................................................................................................92

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ...........................................................................................92

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺻﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ...................................................................92

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺪﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ....................................................93

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﺴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.........................................................................................................95

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ...............................................................................95

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ....................................................................................96

ﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰ...................................................................................................................104

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰ"....................................................................................104

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻷﺣﺪﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ...........................................................................104

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹUSBﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ.......................................................................105

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙﻋﻠﻰﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺘﺼﻞﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ..........................................................106

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺠﻞﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ...............................................................................107

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ"ﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻬﺔ"ﺇﻟﻰ"ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ".............................................................108

ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ..............................................................................................................................109

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.....................................................................................................109

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻓﺎﻛﺲ..................................................................................................................110

ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.......................................................................................................111

ﻓﺎﻛﺲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ...................................................................................................................118

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻓﺎﻛﺲﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﻢ.................................................................................................118

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﻢ....................................................................................................119

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻓﺎﻛﺲﻣﻠﻘﻢﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ....................................................................................................120

ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ..................................................................................................................121

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻓﺎﻛﺲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ......................................................................................121

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺻﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﻓﺎﻛﺲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ..................................................................121

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ..........................................................................................................................123

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ".............................................................................................123

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹUSBﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ................................................................................123

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ...............................................................................................123

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪ...................................................................................................124

5ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ...............................................................................................................................125

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ..........................................................................................................126

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ............................................................................................................127

ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.............................................................................................127

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows..........................................................................127

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh........................................................................129

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞLinux...................................................................................130

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﺒﺮﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ...................................................................................131

ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.......................................................................................................................133

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ...................................................................................................................133

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.................................................................................................133

ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.....................................................................................................................137

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ..............................................................................................137

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻛﻼﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.............................................................................................137

ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩﻣﻦXerox..............................................................................................138

ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ................................................................................................................138

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.............................................................................................................138

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﺪﺓﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻗﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.....................................................................................139

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

5

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ...............................................................................................................140

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.................................................................................................140

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows......................................................................142

ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ........................................................................................................................142

ﻋﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ"ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ"..........................................................................................143

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ................................................................................................146

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ....................................................................................146

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ.............................................................................................146

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ..........................................................................................................................148

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹUSBﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ................................................................................148

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ...............................................................................................148

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪ...................................................................................................149

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦEmbedded Web Server............................................................................149

6ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ..................................................................................................................151

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ................................................................................................152

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡ.....................................................................................................................153

ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰﺑﻬﺎ........................................................................................................153

ﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ..................................................................................................................153

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ..............................................................................................153

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﻗﺪﻳﺘﻠﻒﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ................................................................................................153

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.....................................................................................................154

ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡﻭﺃﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ..............................................................................................154

ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ............................................................................................156

ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡﻭﺃﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ...........................................................158

ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻇﺮﻑ....................................................................................158

ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ.........................................................................................158

ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ...............................................................................................................160

ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.......................................................................................................160

ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ............................................................................................160

ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.......................................................................................................................161

ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ1–4............................................................................................161

ﺿﺒﻂﺃﻗﻔﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂﺳﻌﺔ520ﻭﺭﻗﺔ......................................................163

ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﻴﻦ3ﻭ4ﻣﻦﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔ..................................................................164

ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ5..................................................................................................165

ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6..................................................................................................168

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﺧﺎﺹ.........................................................................................................170

ﺍﻷﻇﺮﻑ......................................................................................................................170

ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ....................................................................................................................173

ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﻻﻣﻌﺔ.................................................................................................................177

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ................................................................................................................177

7ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ...............................................................................................................................179

ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕﻋﺎﻣﺔ....................................................................................................................180

ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.....................................................................................................................181

ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ........................................................................................181

ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ..........................................................................................186

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.........................................................................................................................188

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ.............................................................................................................188

ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ....................................................................................................188

6

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

ﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ............................................................................................................188

ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ....................................................................................................189

ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻓﺎﻗﺪﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ...................................................................................................192

ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺕﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ............................................................................................................194

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﺣﺰﺍﻡﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.....................................................................................................197

ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.................................................................................................199

ﻓﻠﺘﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.................................................................................................................201

ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ.....................................................................................202

ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ..................................................................................................213

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ....................................................................................................215

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺿﺒﻂﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﻤﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.....................................................................................215

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.......................................................................................................................216

ﻋﺮﺽﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ..........................................................................................................216

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻣﻠﺨﺺﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ................................................................................................216

ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.........................................................................................................................217

8ﺣﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ......................................................................................................................219

ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ.............................................................................................220

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.........................................................................................................220

ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲﻃﺎﻗﺔ..........................................................................................220

ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ........................................................................................................221

ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ.............................................................221

ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻻﺗﻄﺒﻊ..............................................................................................................221

ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﻗﺘًﺎﻃﻮﻳﻼًﺟﺪًﺍ...........................................................................................222

ﻓﺸﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ..........................................................................................................224

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ....................................................................................224

ﺗﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ........................................................................................225

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ...................................................................................225

ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖﻏﻴﺮﺻﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ..............................................................................................225

ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ....................................................................................................226

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ...........................................................................................................227

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ..................................................................................................227

ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ...............................................................................................227

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.........................................................................................................228

ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ...............................................................................240

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ..................................................................................................243

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ......................................................................................275

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.........................................................................275

ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ........................................................................................................275

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ...........................................................................................281

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ...................................................................................................................283

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎﺕ...................................................................................................283

ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎﺕ...................................................................................................284

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ........................................................................................................285

ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ...........................................................................................................286

ﻋﺮﺽﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ...........................................................................286

ﻋﺮﺽﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﺕﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.............................................................................286

Embedded Web Server..........................................................................................286

ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.................................................................................................287

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ..........................................................................................................287

ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ..........................................................................................................287

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

7

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

Aﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ.........................................................................................................................289

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺗﻬﻴﯫﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ..........................................................................................................290

ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ.............................................................................................................290

ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ.........................................................................................................291

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ...............................................................................................................292

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ.................................................................................................................294

ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ.................................................................................................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ................................................................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔLXﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ......................................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝ..................................................................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ........................................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪCZ........................................294

ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪCZﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ

ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ.........................................................................................................................295

ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺹ...........................................................................................................295

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ..................................................................................................................298

ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ................................................................................................................298

ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ..............................................................................................................298

ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ..........................................................................................................................298

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ...............................................................................................................299

ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ...................................................................................................................300

ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ...................................................................................................................300

ﺳﺮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ...............................................................................................................300

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ.....................................................................301

Bﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.............................................................................................................303

ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ....................................................................................................................304

ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ.......................................................................304

ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕﻓﻲﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ.........................................................................................................304

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻁ4ﻟﻼﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ........................................305

ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ.........................................................................................................................306

ﻻﺋﺤﺔﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓ)RoHS(ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ...................................................................307

ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔﺍﻵﺳﻴﻮﻳﺔ..........................................................................307

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ2.4ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ..................................................307

ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻏﺎﺯﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ........................................................................................................307

ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.........................................................................................................................308

ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ.............................................................................................................308

ﻛﻨﺪﺍ...........................................................................................................................309

ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ................................................................................................................309

ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ........................................................................................................................311

ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ..............................................................................................................311

ﻛﻨﺪﺍ...........................................................................................................................312

ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ............................................................................................................312

ﻧﻴﻮﺯﻳﻠﻨﺪﺓ......................................................................................................................313

ﺟﻨﻮﺏﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ.................................................................................................................314

ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ......................................................................................................................315

Material Safety Data Sheets)ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ(.........................................................316

Cﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺﻣﻨﻪ..........................................................................................317

8

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ.........................................................................................................................318

ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.....................................................................................................................319

ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ..................................................................................................................320

ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ/ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ........................................................................................................320

ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ/ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ......................................................................................................320

ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺﻣﻨﻬﺎ................................................................................320

ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ................................................................................................................321

ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ..............................................................................................................321

ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ......................................................................................................................322

Dﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ...............................................................................................................323

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

9

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

10

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

1

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰ:

•ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ.....................................................................................................................12

•ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ..........................................................................................................................13

•ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ............................................................................................................................15

•ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ............................................................................................................................17

•ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.............................................................................................................................18

•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ............................................................................20

ﺗﻢﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰﺑﻬﺎﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀﺑﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ.ﻳﻀﻤﻦﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔXerox.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

11

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

®

ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀﺑﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ.ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢﻫﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ

®

ﻓﻘﻂ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡﺑﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ،ﻋﻠﻰ

ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXerox.

ﺗﻢﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ
ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝﺑﻬﺎ.

ﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻓﻀﻼًﻋﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻮﺍﺩ

12

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻣﺔ

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:

•ﻻﺗﻘﺤﻢﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺣﻴﺚﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﻟﻤﺲﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﺃﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ

ﻗﺼﺮﻓﻲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺇﻟﻰﻧﺸﻮﺏﺣﺮﻳﻖﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ.
ﺃﻭﻗﻒﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻫﺬﻩ.ﺍﻓﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻋﻨﺪﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺎﺕﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻣﻦﻗِﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺃﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎﺧﻠﻒﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ.

ﺗﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ:

•ﺗﻠﻒﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻫﺘﺮﺍﺅﻩ.

•ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏﺳﺎﺋﻞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.

•ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙﺩﺧﺎﻥﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢﺑﺸﻜﻞﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ.

•ﺻﺪﻭﺭﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀﺃﻭﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺗﺴﺒﺐﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﻗﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻬﺮﺃﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺳﻼﻣﺔﺁﺧﺮ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺛﺖﺃﻱﻣﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:

1.ﺃﻭﻗﻒﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ.

2.ﺍﻓﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.

3.ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ.

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺴﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ

ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXerox.

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:

•ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﻔﻲﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ

ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻳﻔﻲﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﻣﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲﺃﻭﻓﻨﻲﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﺣﺎﻣﻞﺭﺧﺼﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺳﻠﻚﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓًﻓﻲﻣﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲﻣﺆﺭﺽﺑﺸﻜﻞﺳﻠﻴﻢ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﻛﻞﻃﺮﻑﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻ

ﺗﻌﻠﻢﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﻣﺆﺭﺿًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻃﻠﺐﻣﻦﻓﻨﻲﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﻓﺤﺺﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ.

•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﺎﺑﺲﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺃﺭﺿﻲﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲﻻﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﻃﺮﻑﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺃﺭﺿﻲ.

ﺧﻄﺮ:ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺣﺪﻭﺙﺻﺪﻣﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥ

ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ.

•ﺗﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ.ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻊﻓﻨﻲﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ

ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ.

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻣﻜﺎﻥﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻄﺄﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹﻓﻴﻪﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺄﻗﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

13

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀﻋﻠﻰﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.

•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺇﺫﺍﺃﺻﺒﺢﻣﻬﺘﺮﯪًﺃﻭﻣﺘﺂﻛﻼً.

•ﻻﺗﻔﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻭﺗﻠﻒﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ،ﺃﻣﺴﻚﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲﻋﻨﺪﻓﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.

•ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﻤﺎﻳﺠﺐﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻣﻦﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱﻓﺼﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ

ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻓﺎﻓﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊ

ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ.

ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺉ

ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺙﺃﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗﻒﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻨﺪﻭﺏﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ
ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔXeroxﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ:

•ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢﺃﻭﺻﺪﻭﺭﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

•ﺗﻠﻒﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻫﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ.

•ﺗﻌﻄﻞﻗﺎﻃﻊﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻬﺮﺃﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺳﻼﻣﺔﺁﺧﺮ.

•ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏﺳﺎﺋﻞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.

•ﺗﻠﻒﺃﻱﺟﺰﺀﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺳﻠﻚﺧﻂﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻧﺸﻮﺏﺣﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂﺳﻠﻚﺧﻂﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕﺭﻗﻢ26ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮﺣﺴﺐﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ

)AWG(.

14

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ

ﺗﻢﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀﺑﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ.ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﻓﺤﺺﻫﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ

ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝﺑﻬﺎ.

ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻚﺇﻟﻰﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲﺿﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﺩﺭﺝﻭﺭﻕﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻗﻴﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻗﻴﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﺤﺮّﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﺣﺎﻓﻆﻋﻠﻰﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻭﺭﺑﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻨﻖ،ﻭﻣﺎﺇﻟﻰﺫﻟﻚ،ﻋﻦﺑﻜﺮﺍﺕﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ.

•ﺗﺤﻤﻲﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﻹﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺑﻄﺎﻝﺃﻳﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺃﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮﺭﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺃﻭﻗﻒﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXeroxﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ.

•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ.

ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻏﺎﺯﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ

ﺗُﺼﺪﺭﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻏﺎﺯﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻛﻤﻴﺔﻏﺎﺯﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔﻋﻠﻰﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥﺃﺛﻘﻞﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ

ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻢﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺗﻜﻔﻲﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭﺑﺄﻱﺷﺨﺺ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻏﺮﻓﺔﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ.

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment/enus.

html..ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻸﺳﻮﺍﻕﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ،ﺗﻔﻀﻞﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXeroxﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲﺃﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.co.uk/about-xerox/

environment/engb.html.

ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

•ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺳﻄﺢﻣﺴﺘﻮٍﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖﻭﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺘﺴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞﻭﺯﻧﻬﺎ.ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ

ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺴﺪﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ.ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔﻭﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻬﺎﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ.

ِ
ّ

ﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻴﺌﺔﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ.

•ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﺨﺰ

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏﻣﻦﻣﺼﺪﺭﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ.

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺃﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀﻷﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ.

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽﻓﻴﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﻋﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ.

•ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ.

•ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ.

ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

َ

ﻤﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺣﻴﺚﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻼﺀﻣﺔﻓﻲﺳﻮﺀﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ

ّ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ.

•ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.

15

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻺﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ.

•ﺣﺎﻓﻆﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻮﺩﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋﻦﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ.

•ﺍﺣﺬﺭﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮﺃﻭﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮﺃﻭﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻠﺔﻓﻲﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮﻭﻣﺎﺇﻟﻰﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺠﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.ﺣﻴﺚﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦﻓﻲﺗﻬﻴﺞ

ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺑﻬﺎ.ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺰﻳﺪﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺠﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.

ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ:ﻳﻨﺼﺢﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻟﻴﺴﺖﻣﻦﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝXerox.ﻻﻳﻐﻄﻲﺿﻤﺎﻥXeroxﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺿﻤﺎﻥ

ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻞﺃﻭﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞﻋﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻟﻴﺴﺖﻣﻦﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝXeroxﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕXeroxﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻟﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳُﺘﻮﻓﺮﺿﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ.ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔﺧﺎﺭﺝ

ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ.ﻳُﺮﺟﻰﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXeroxﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ.

16

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ

ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔﻏﻴﺮﻣﻮﺿﺢﺑﺸﻜﻞﺧﺎﺹﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﻻﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎﺵﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺎﻟﺔﻓﻘﻂ.

®

Xerox

،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.com/recycling

•ﻻﺗﺤﺮﻕﺃﻳﺔﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙﺃﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻣﻦ

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕﺍﻷﻳﺮﻭﺳﻮﻝ.ﻓﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕﺍﻷﻳﺮﻭﺳﻮﻝﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺃﻭﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ

ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ.

ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺧﻞﺃﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻟﻚ

ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

17

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰﺧﻄﺮﺩﺍﻫﻢﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ

ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻋﺪﻡﺗﺠﻨﺒﻪ.

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ:

ﺳﻄﺢﺳﺎﺧﻦﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ.ﺗﻮﺥﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ

ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ.

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ،ﺗﻮﺥﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ.

ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻳﺸﻴﺮﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﻟﻰﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺗﻠﻒ

ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ.

ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ،ﺗﻮﺥﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﻣﻦﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ

ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻠﺔ.

ﻻﺗﻠﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻻﺗﻌﺮﺽﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔﻷﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ.

ﻻﺗﺤﺮﻕﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ.

ﻻﺗﺤﺮﻕﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

ﻻﺗﺤﺮﻕﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ.

18

ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﺑﻪﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﺃﻭﺃﻱﺷﻜﻞﻣﻦﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻱﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻮﺝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻌﺪ.

ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻨﻔﺚﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ.

ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑﺃﻭﻭﺭﻕﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻨﻀﺪﻱ.

ﻻﺗﻌﺪﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ.

ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﻴﺔﺃﻭﻃﻮﺍﺑﻊﺍﻟﺪﻣﻐﺔﺃﻭﻃﻮﺍﺑﻊﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.

com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

19

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖﺑﻤﻨﺘﺞXeroxﻫﺬﺍﻭﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺗﻪ،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑـ:

•ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)

•ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ:[e-mail]
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:www.xerox.com/about-xerox/

environment

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻓﻲﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment_europe:

20

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

2

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰ:

•ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.............................................................................................................................22

•ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ............................................................................................................................36

•ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.....................................................................................................................38

•ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻋﻦﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®..........................................................................................................40

•ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ......................................................................................................................41

•Embedded Web Server.......................................................................................................42

•ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ.........................................................................................................................45

•ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ......................................................................................................................56

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

21

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ

8.ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

9.ﺩﺭﺝﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ

10.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ

11.ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲﺧﻠﻒﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ

12.ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ1ﺇﻟﻰ4

13.ﻋﺠﻼﺕﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ

1.ﻗﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ

2.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ5

3.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ

4.ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSB

5.ﻏﻼﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ

6.ﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

7.ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ

22

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ

5.ﺩﺭﺝﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

6.ﺯﺟﺎﺝﻧﻘﻞﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ)CVT(

7.ﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

ﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

1.ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ

2.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ

ِ
ّ

3.ﻣﻮﺟ

4.ﺩﺭﺝﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

23

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ

ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻜﻼﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦﻓﻲﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻀﻲء

ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞٍﺻﺤﻴﺢ.ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥﻭﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ:

•ﺃﻭﺍﺯﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ:38-128ﺟﻢ/ﻡ².

•ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ:85×125ﻣﻢ)3.3×4.9ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(ﺣﺘﻰ297×432ﻣﻢ)11.7×17ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(.

•ﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ:130ﻭﺭﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺫﻱﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ80ﺟﻢ/ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ.
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ:

•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻷﻋﻠﻰﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﺪﺧﻞﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺃﻭﻻً.

•ﺿﻊﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﻓﻘﻂﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ.

•ﺍﺿﺒﻂﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺣﺘﻰﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

•ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻓﻘﻂﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺣﺒﺮﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺟﺎﻓًﺎ.

•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰﻟﺨﻂﺍﻟﻤﻞء.

ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻏﻄﺎﺀﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔﻷﺳﻔﻞ.ﻗﻢ
ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ.

•ﻳﻘﺒﻞﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺼﻞﺇﻟﻰ297×432ﻣﻠﻢ)11.7×17ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(.

•ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺑﺪﻻًﻣﻦﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻟﻨﺴﺦﺃﻭﻣﺴﺢﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ

ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ:

•ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﺑﻪﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚﺃﻭﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ

•ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻌﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻮﺝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻱﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺰﻕﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻘﻮﺏ

•ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺼﻘﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥﺃﻭﺃﻱﺷﻲءﺑﺨﻼﻑﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻥ

•ﺍﻷﻇﺮﻑ

•ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ

ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻣﻦﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻤﺲﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺗﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

•ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

24

•ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ.

•ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻲﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ.

•ﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.

•ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ.

•ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﺃﻳﻀًﺎﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ

ﺇﻟﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﺇﻥﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(ﻫﻮﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ

ﻋﻠﻰﺑﻌﺪ10ﺳﻢ)4ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ(ﻣﻦﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔNFC

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺷﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝTCP/IPﺑﻴﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻭﺻﻮﻻًﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻭﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،

ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮﺽﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻣﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻤﺪﺓ10ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍﺇﻟﻰﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻳﻮﻣﺾﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺒﻂء،ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻳﻌﻨﻲﺃﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.

•ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ،ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻳﻌﻨﻲﺃﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ.

ﺍﻻﺳﻢ

)NFC(

ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ

1ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ

2ﻋﺮﺽﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

3ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ

4ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻳﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

ﻳﻮﻣﺾﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻧﺠﺎﺡﻃﻠﺐﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ.

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺑﺒﻂءﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺑﺪﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﻧﺴﺦﺃﻭ

ﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦﺑﺒﻂءﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﻓﺎﻛﺲ

ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕﺳﺮﻳﻌًﺎﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ
ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﻟﻄﻠﺐﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝWi-Fi Direct.

ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

5ﻣﺆﺷﺮLEDﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ

25

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻮﺩﺣﺎﻟﺔﺧﻄﺄﺃﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﻔﺎﺩﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮﺃﻭﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺃﻭﻧﻔﺎﺩﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

•ﻳﻮﻣﺾﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺧﻄﺄﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﻘﺘﺮﻧًﺎﺑﺮﻣﺰ
ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺄ.

ﺗﻌﺮﺽﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺃﻋﻠﻰﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ
ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ.ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﻣﻦﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.

ﺎﻋﻦﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊ

ً

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺎﻋﻦﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ

ً

ALC80XXdocs.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺭﺑﻤﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺨﻔﻴ

ﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺭﺑﻤﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺨﻔﻴ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ﺍﻻﺳﻢ

ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ

6ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ

7ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﻳﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﻟﻰﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﺑﻬﺪﻑﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯﻣﻬﻤﺔﻋﺎﺟﻠﺔ.

8ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭ

9ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔﻳﺴﻤﺢﺯﺭ"ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ"ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

10ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺰﺭ"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ"ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺿﺒﻂﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺇﻟﻰ

ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻬﺎﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ

6.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﺣﺰﺍﻡﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ

1.ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ

26

7.ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻋﺎﺩﻡ

8.ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺕﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ

9.ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ

2.ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺳﺨﺎﻥﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ

3.ﺫﺭﺍﻉﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ

4.ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ

5.ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺧﻠﻔﻲ

9.ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝEthernet

10.ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

11.ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

12.ﺫﺭﺍﻉﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺩ

13.ﺫﺭﺍﻉﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺃ

14.ﺫﺭﺍﻉﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺏ

15.ﺫﺭﺍﻉﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺝ

1.ﻗﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ

2.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ

3.ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓUSBﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔSIM

4.ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSB،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉA

5.ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSB،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉB

6.ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ

7.ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ

8.ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ.ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

27

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﯫﺕﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ

5.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥ1ﻭ2

6.ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﻣﻦ2ﺇﻟﻰ4ﻣﻦﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ3

7.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥ3ﻭ4ﻣﻦﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ

1.ﺩﺭﺝ6-ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ

2.ﺳﻄﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ

3.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺪﺑﻴﺲﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ

4.ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔRFID

28

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ

4.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ

5.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ

1.ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ

2.ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ

3.ﻏﻄﺎﺀﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

29

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔLX

8.ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

9.ﻏﻄﺎﺀﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ

10.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ

11.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﻲ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

12.ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ

13.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ

14.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔLX

1.ﻏﻄﺎﺀﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ

2.ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

3.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

4.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ

5.ﻣﻠﺤﻖﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ

6.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(

7.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(

30

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝﻣﻊﻋﺎﻣﻞﻛﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ

5.ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ

6.ﺩﺭﺝﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ

7.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺪﺑﻴﺲﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ

8.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ

1.ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻧﻘﻞﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ

2.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ

3.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ

4.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

31

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝﻣﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﻃﻲﻋﻠﻰﺷﻜﻞC/Zﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ

3.ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﻲ

1.ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﻲ

2.ﺯﺭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﻲ

32

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ

ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺿﺒﻂﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ"ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂﺑﺸﻜﻞﻛﺎﻣﻞ"ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ"ﻣﺨﺼﺺ".ﻋﻨﺪﺿﺒﻂﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ"ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂﺑﺸﻜﻞﻛﺎﻣﻞ"،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﻛﻞﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.ﻋﻨﺪﺿﺒﻂﺃﺣﺪﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ

ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ"ﻣﺨﺼﺺ"،ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺐﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﻭﺭﻕﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ.

ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻋﻠﻰﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﻭﺭﻕﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀًﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ.

•ﺗﺘﻢﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﻛﺄﺩﺭﺍﺝﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ.

•ﻳﺴﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥ3ﻭ4ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6ﻋﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﻭﺭﻗًﺎﺑﺤﺠﻢA4 (210 × 297ﻣﻠﻢ(،ﺃﻭﺣﺠﻢLetter (8.5×

11ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(،ﺃﻭﺣﺠﻢJIS B5 (182 × 257ﻣﻠﻢ(ﺃﻭﺣﺠﻢExecutive (7.25 × 10.5ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(.

•ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﻣُﺼﻤﻤﺔﻟﺘﺴﻊﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕﺃﻛﺒﺮﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﻋﺪﺩﻣﺮﺍﺕﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﻴﻦ3ﻭ4ﻣﻦﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔ

ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥ3ﻭ4ﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔﻫﻲﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﻴﻦ3ﻭ4ﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻬﻴﺊﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﻥﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﻤﺎﻋﻠﻰﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﻭﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ،ﻓﺄﻋﺪﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ

ﺣﺴﺐﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ.

ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﻴﻦ3ﻭ4ﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺄﻱﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺿﺒﻂﻟﻠﺪﺭﺝ،ﻗﺎﺭﻥﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻴﯫﺕﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﺭﺟﻴﻦ3ﻭ4.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ

ﻣﻊﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖﻫﻨﺎﻙﺣﺎﺟﺔﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺿﺒﻂ.

1.ﺃﺧﺮﺝﺃﻱﻭﺭﻕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.

2.ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪﻓﻲﻣﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺤﺐﻣﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺇﻟﻰﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

3.ﻟﻘﻔﻞﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺣﺮﺭﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﻘﻔﻞﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻓﻲﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻣﻊﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔﻓﻘﻂ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

33

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6

ﻳﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6ﺩﺭﺟًﺎﻋﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﻣﺨﺼﺼًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6ﻟﺪﻋﻢﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺄﻱﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺿﺒﻂﻟﻠﺪﺭﺝ،ﻗﺎﺭﻥﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﺭﺝ6.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻣﻊﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ

ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖﻫﻨﺎﻙﺣﺎﺟﺔﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺿﺒﻂ.

1.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻚﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.

2.ﻟﻔﻚﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪ،ﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰﺛﻢﺇﻟﻰﺧﺎﺭﺝﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.

3.ﺿﻊﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ6ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﻣﻊﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.

34

4.ﺣﺮﻙﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖﺍﻟﻮﺗﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﻓﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

5.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪ.

6.ﻛﺮﺭﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﻟﻀﺒﻂﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻋﺪﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻠﺪﺭﺝ6.

7.ﻓﻲﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ.

8.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ،ﺛﻢﻭﺟﻬﻪﻓﻲﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.

9.ﻟﻘﻔﻞﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔﻓﻲﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺣﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ.

ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ

ﻳُﻌﺪﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯUSBﻳﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)LAN(.ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ

ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞWEPﻭWPAﻭWPA2ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ802.1X.

®

ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻨﻬﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎ

ﻳﺴﻤﺢﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺇﻟﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻳﻀًﺎﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

35

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ

ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ

ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲﻃﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺧﻠﻒﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ

ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻫﻮﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻓﻲﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪ

ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻴﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

•ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

•ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔﻭﻻﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﺎﻥﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭﺿﻊ

"ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ"،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻌﻪ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ:ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﻓﺼﻠﻪﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

36

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ

ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

2.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

•ﻟﻮﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﻤﻮﻝ.

ﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝ،ﺗﻨﻄﻔﺊﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ.

•ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﺠﺐﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂﻣﻊﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻤﺪﺓ5ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ.

ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ"ﻳُﺮﺟﻰﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ"ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺑﻌﺪ10ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ،ﺗﺼﺒﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾﺍﻟﺰﺭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺣﺘﻰﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

3.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺼﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ.

ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ:ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻔﺼﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

37

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ

ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻫﻲﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﻮﻳﺘﻚ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻌﻤﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ،ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺁﺧﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺩﻟﻴﻞLDAP.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋﻦﺍﺳﻢﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺃﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔﻋﻠﻰﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏﺃﻭﺫﻛﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻧﺖﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎﺗﻤﺖﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺘﻪ.

ﻫﻨﺎﻙﻃﺮﻕﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺃﻱﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ:

•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ/ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ:ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ.ﻳﺜﺒﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢﻋﻦﻃﺮﻳﻖ

ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻭﺟﻮﺩﻋﺪﺩﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚﺣﻖﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ

ﺧﺎﺩﻡﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻫﺬﺍ.

•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ/ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ:ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻳﺜﺒﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﻫﻮﻳﺘﻬﻢﻋﻦ

ﻃﺮﻳﻖﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻋﻠﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ.

•ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ:ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻟﻠﻬﻮﻳﺔ

ً

)RFID(.ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔﻋﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ،ﺣﻴﺚﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔﻭﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﻋﺎﺩﺓ

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔRFIDﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ،ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ،ﻳﻀﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻓﻮﻕﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕRFIDﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻵﻣﻦﻣﻦXerox:ﻳﻤﻜّﻦﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻵﻣﻦﻣﻦ

®

.

Xerox.ﻳﻘﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻫﻮﻳﺔﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﻠﻘﻢﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻵﻣﻦﻣﻦ

•ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻫﻮﻳﺔﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻓﻲﻗﺎﺭﺉ

ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻚﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﻦﺑﻚﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻼﺀﻣﺔﺃﻭ

ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑﺪﻳﻼً،ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻞﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻮﻳﻞﻫﻲﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﺴﻤﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺃﻭﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻋﻠﻴﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ

ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻣﻊﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻣﻊﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ

ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﻓﻲﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﻭﺻﻮﻝﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺧﻼﻝﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕﺫﺭﻭﺓﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﻫﻨﺎﻙﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺨﻮﻳﻞ:

•ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺗﺨﻮﻳﻞﻣﺤﻠﻲﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ.

•ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺗﺨﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴًﺄﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺷﺒﻜﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞﺩﻟﻴﻞLDAP،ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻋﻠﻰ

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ.

38

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺇﺿﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﻳﻌﺪﺇﺿﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻌﻴﻦ.ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺩﺧﻮﻝﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﺗُﻄﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ،ﻳﺒﺤﺚﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲﺩﻟﻴﻞLDAPﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﻦﻋﻠﻰ

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ.ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ

ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻋﺪﺩﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻭﻓﺎﻛﺲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﻜﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻳﺠﺐﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ،ﻗﻢ
ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ.ﻭﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﺴﺎﺑﻚﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺿﻊﺣﺪﻭﺩﺣﺴﺐﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﻷﻱﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮﺗﺴﺮﺩﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﻴﻦﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻫﻲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﺮّﻑﻧﻔﺴﻚﻣﻦﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺟﻬﺎﺯXerox،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺙ

ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ،ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.

3.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

4.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻛﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺤﻤﻲﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦ3ﻭ4.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

39

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻋﻦﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

Xerox®Appsﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋﻦﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻭﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﺃﻭ

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/

support/ALC80XXdocs.

®

.ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ

Xeroxﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـ

®

®

.ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕEIPﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺁﻣﻨﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.

ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox

ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ)EIP(ﻣﻦXerox

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

Xerox®.

40

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻋﻠﻰﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ،

ﻭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ.

ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺻﻔﺤﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ
ﻭﻏﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ.

ﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.

ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔﻭﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺣﻠﻬﺎ.

ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ

ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

PostScriptﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺍﻻﺳﻢ

ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ

ﻣﻠﺨﺺﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻣﻠﺨﺺﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﺗﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻃﺒﻊﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPCLﺗﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPCLﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺧﻄﻮﻁPCL

ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPostScriptﺗﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPostScriptﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺧﻄﻮﻁ

ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ

ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻏﻴﺮ

ﺫﻟﻚ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ→ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ,ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

41

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

Embedded Web Server

Embedded Web Serverﻫﻮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻣﺜﺒﺖﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﺴﻤﺢﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻦﺑُﻌﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.

ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺗﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻛﻞﻫﺬﻩ

ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ.

ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐEmbedded Web Serverﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:

•ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝTCP/IPﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻓﻲﺑﻴﯫﺕﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindowsﺃﻭMacintoshﺃﻭUNIXﺃﻭLinux.

•ﺗﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTCP/IPﻭTTPﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺘﺼﻞﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐﻳﺪﻋﻢJavaScript.

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰEmbedded Web Server

ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ:

•ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻭﺻﻔًﺎﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﻟﻺﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ.

ِ
ّ

ﻨﻚﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﻣﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﻓﻀﻼًﻋﻦ

ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ،ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻭﺻﻮﻻًﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

•ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ:ﺗُﻤﻜ

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ:ﺗُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻣﻦﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ

ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﺄﻧﻪﻳﺘﺎﺡﻓﻘﻂﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝﻣﻠﻒﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖPDFﻭPS

ﻭPCLﻭXPS.

•ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ:ﺗُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻭﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺻﻔﺤﺔﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ

ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻣﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ

LDAP.ﻭﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦﺃﻳﻀًﺎﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻣﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞLDAP.ﺇﺫﺍ

ﺗﻤﺖﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻛﻞﻣﻦﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻭﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﻓﻴﺘﺎﺡﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ.ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ

ﺩﺧﻮﻝﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻏﻠﺐﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.

•ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ:ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ

ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻋﻦﺑُﻌﺪﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺﺇﻟﻰXerox.

ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻋﻠﻰﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ

ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺭﺍﺑﻂﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﻣﻦﻛﻞﺻﻔﺤﺔ.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ

ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔﻋﻦﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server

ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ.

42

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺗﻮﻓﺮﺣﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ

ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ:

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

2.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ِ
ّ

ﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﻮﻓﻲﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺟﻤﻴﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،

ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

3.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﻌﺮ

4.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.
a.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ.
b.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ.

c.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺣﻔﻆ.ﺗﻢﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.

ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ

ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟـIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟـIP
ﺃﻳﻀًﺎﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﺒﺮﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﻓﻲ

"ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ".

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﻌﺮﺽﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥTCP/IPﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻟﻤﺪﺓﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﻴﻦﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥTCP/IPﻫﻮ

0.0.0.0،ﺃﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃﺑـ169،ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻭﻣﻊﺫﻟﻚ،ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦWi-Fiﻛﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ

Ethernetﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ،ﻓﻴﺘﻢﻋﺮﺽ0.0.0.0ﻛﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻋﺮﺽﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

ﻟﻌﺮﺽﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ→ﺣﻮﻝ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ→ﺣﻮﻝ→ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.

ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﻓﻲﻗﺴﻢ"ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ"ﻣﻦﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝIPv4ﺃﻭIPv6.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

43

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻦEmbedded Web Server

ﻣﻦﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻦﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺛﻢﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ

ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻦﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻦﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ:

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

2.ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.

ﻳﺘﻢﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻛﻤﻠﻒXMLﻓﻲﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲﻋﻠﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ

ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻋﺎﺭﺽXML.

44

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ

ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ:

•ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﻐﻠﻒﻣﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ

ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓًﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡUSBﺃﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernetﺃﻭ

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ.ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕﻭﺻﻞﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ

ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻡﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕEthernetﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕUSBﻣﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﻳﺠﺐﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ.ﻳﻮﺻﻰﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ

EthernetﻷﻧﻪﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓﺃﺳﺮﻉﻣﻦﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝUSB،ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰEmbedded Web Server.

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

1.ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡﺑﻴﻦ10ﻭ28ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﯯﻳﺔ)50ﻭ83ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﻭﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ

ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡﺑﻴﻦ15ﻭ85%.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺛﺮﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔﻓﻲﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ

ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊﻓﻲﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﻏﺮﻓﺔﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺣﺪﻭﺙﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻣﻤﺎﻳﺆﺛﺮﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻋﻠﻰﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.

2.ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺳﻄﺢﻣﺴﺘﻮٍﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖﻭﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺘﺴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞﻭﺯﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ

ﻣﻊﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊﻓﻲﻭﺿﻊﺛﺎﺑﺖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ.ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ.ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻣﻜﺎﻧًﺎﺑﻪﺧﻠﻮﺹﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ.ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺹﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﺹ.

3.ﺑﻌﺪﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺟﺎﻫﺰًﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ.

ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernetﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺷﺒﻜﺔEthernetﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻭﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝEthernetﻭﺻﻮﻻًﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ:

1.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ.

2.ﺻﻞﺃﺣﺪﻃﺮﻓﻲﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernetﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬEthernetﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺻﻞ

ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑﺍﻵﺧﺮﻟﻠﻜﺎﺑﻞﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬﺷﺒﻜﺔﺗﻤﺖﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﻴﺢ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻋﻦﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ

ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ

ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

45

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

®

Xeroxﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ

ALC80XXdocs.

•ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ

ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ.

•ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺇﻣﺎﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﺄﻥﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺘﻴﻦﻳﻠﻐﻲﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi Direct

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﺃﻱﺟﻬﺎﺯﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝﻣﻔﻌّﻞﺑﻪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi،ﻣﺜﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﻟﻮﺣﻲﺃﻭﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒﺫﻛﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻲWi-Fi DirectﺃﻭSoft AP.ﺇﻥﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi DirectﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯXerox.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﺳﻮﻯﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪ

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi Directﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi Direct

ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

•ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂWPS،ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓAndroidﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻞﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi DirectﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮّﻥﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria.

•ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ)Soft AP(،ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒiPhonesﻣﻦAppleﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﻻﺗﺪﻋﻢﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔWi-

Fi Direct.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi DirectﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓSoft AP،
ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻣﻦﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰSystem Administrator Guide)ﺩﻟﻴﻞ

ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi Directﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ

ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﻣﻴﺰﺓﺯﺭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂWi-Fi Direct WPSﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺧﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔMopriaﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.ﻻﻳُﺘﻄﻠَﺐﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ

ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺧﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria®

1.ﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻣﺘﺠﺮGoogle Play،ﺛﻢﺍﺑﺤﺚﻋﻦﺧﺪﻣﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria.

2.ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺧﺪﻣﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria.

3.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

4.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﺪﻣﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria.

5.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺧﺪﻣﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔMopria،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

6.ﺍﺧﺮﺝﻣﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.

ﻳﺒﺤﺚﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺪﻋﻢﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻧﻄﺎﻕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fi Directﻋﻠﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ

ﺗُﻌﺪﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻًﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮًﺍﺑﻴﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ

ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺟﻬﺎﺯWi-Fi.

46

ﻻﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWi-Fi Directﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭ
ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡWi-Fi Direct

ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔWi-Fiﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:

1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻳﺪﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.

2.ﻓﻲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺰﺭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

3.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﻣﻔﻌﻞﺑﻬﺎWi-Fi Direct،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

5.ﺃﺭﺳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ.

ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡUSB

ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺃﺣﺪﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

•Windows 7ﻭWindows 8.1ﻭWindows Server 2008ﻭWindows 10ﻭWindows Server 2008

R2ﻭWindows Server 2012.

•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh OS Xﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ10.9ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ.

•ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞUNIXﻭLinux:ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔUNIXﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻋﺒﺮﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞUSB:

1.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﻃﺮﻑBﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞA/B USB 2.0ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲﺃﻭUSB 3.0ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬUSBﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

2.ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑAﻟﻜﺒﻞUSBﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬUSBﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

3.ﺇﺫﺍﻇﻬﺮﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﻋﺜﻮﺭWindowsﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺟﺪﻳﺪ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺋﻪ.

4.ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺇﻟﻰﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(

ﺇﻥﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(ﻫﻲﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ.
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔNFCﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺇﻟﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞAndroid
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻟﻦﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡNFCﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡNFC
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝTCP/IPﺑﻴﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡNFCﻋﻨﺪﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎﺿﻤﻦﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ:17–20ﻣﻢ)0.7×0.8ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(

•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ:20–25ﻣﻢ)0.8×1ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻜﻞ

ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.

ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻋﻦﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔNFCﻋﻠﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

47

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(ﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ

ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﻣﻴﺰﺓNFCﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺧﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXeroxﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.
ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻣﺤﻴﻂﺷﺒﻜﺔWi-Fiﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻻﻳﻠﺰﻡﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺪﻋﻢNFCﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡAndroid 4.4ﺃﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox

1.ﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻣﺘﺠﺮGoogle Play،ﺛﻢﺍﺑﺤﺚﻋﻦﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox.

2.ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox.

3.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

4.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻋﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox.

5.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺧﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

6.ﺍﺧﺮﺝﻣﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.

ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ

ﺇﻥNFCﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎﻓﻲﻣﻌﻈﻢﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦNFC:

1.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.

2.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕNFC،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

3.ﺍﺧﺮﺝﻣﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ)NFC(ﻋﻠﻰﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ

ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺭﻗﺎﻗﺔNFCﺃﺳﻔﻞﻳﻤﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦNFC،ﻳُﻀﺎﺀﺭﻣﺰNFC،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔNFC.

ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻣﻮﻗﻊﺭﻗﺎﻗﺔNFCﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔNFCﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦNFC،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ

1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦXerox.

48

2.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭNFC.

4.ﺍﻣﺴﻚﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻓﻮﻕﺭﻣﺰNFCﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

ﻳﺘﺼﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻊﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ.ﻳﺒﺤﺚﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺗﺘﻢ

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻌﻴّﻨﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡMopria®

1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ.

2.ﻣﻦﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻟﺰﺭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

3.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻋﺪﺓﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊNFC،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

5.ﺃﺭﺳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔAirPrint

AirPrintﻫﻲﻣﻴﺰﺓﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓﺇﻟﻰApple iOSﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓﺇﻟﻰ

Mac OSﺑﺪﻭﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺪﻋﻢﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔAirPrintﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓًﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯMacﺃﻭﻣﻦ

ﺟﻬﺎﺯiPhone،ﺃﻭiPadﺃﻭiPod touch.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAirPrintﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﺳﻠﻜﻲﺃﻭﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓًﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔAirPrintﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺇﻟﻰﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAppleﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻻﺗﺪﻋﻢﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕAirPrint.

•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦAirPrint،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦHTTPﻭIPPﻭMulticast DNSﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦIPPﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺿﺒﻂﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.

•ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺮﺳﻞﻣﻬﻤﺔAirPrintﻋﻠﻰﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻮﺟﺪﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺣﺮﻛﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭDNSﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺒﺚﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.

•ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ:ﺟﻤﻴﻊﻃﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕiPadﻭiPhone)ﺎﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚﺃﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ(ﻭiPod touch)ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚﺃﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ(،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺄﺣﺪﺙﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻣﻦiOS.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

49

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

•ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﻴﺰﺓAirPrintﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ،ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞXerox.

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

2.ﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ→ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ→ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

3.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰAirPrint،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

4.ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔHTTPﻭIPPﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞDNSﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺒﺚﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

5.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦAirPrint،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍﺃﻭﻛﻼﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ:

•ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ/ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAirPrintﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ

•ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAirPrint)ﺃﻭMopria(ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲAirPrintﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜّﻦﺑﻬﺎﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺎﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

•ﺗﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ/ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAirPrintﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

•ﻟﻄﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAirPrint،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔIPP.

•ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓAirPrintﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟـMopria.

6.ﻟﻄﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺑﺪﻭﻥﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ.

•ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟـHTTP:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻣﻊﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻤﺖﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ

ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡHTTP BasicﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻨﺺﻋﺎﺩﻱﻭﻏﻴﺮﻣﺸﻔﺮﻋﺒﺮHTTP.

ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲﺻﻴﻐﺔﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡHTTPS.

•HTTP Digest:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﻣﻊﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻢﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

7.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔHTTPﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ:

•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔIPPﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻤﺖﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻓﻲﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔIPPﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻤﺖﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ

ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻔﺲﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻊﻛﻞﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﻦﻃﺮﻕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﺄﺓﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ

ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

8.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻻﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺃﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺠﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﻥﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻓﻲﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

9.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺣﻔﻆ.
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔAirPrintﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/

support/ALC80XXdocs.

50

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦGoogle Cloud Print:

ﻳﺘﻴﺢGoogle Cloud Printﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻣﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻣﺘﺼﻞﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﺃﻱﻣﻜﺎﻥ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝGoogle Cloud Print،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊ

ﺇﻟﻰﻣﺮﻛﺰﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔGoogle Cloud.

ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﺒﺪﺃ:

•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺣﺴﺎﺏﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻓﻲGoogle.

•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡIPv4.

•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣُﻠﻘﻢﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔGoogle Cloud Print:

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

2.ﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ→ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ→ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

3.ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ،ﺿﻤﻦﺧﺪﻣﺔGoogle Cloud Print،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

4.ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ،ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

5.ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﺳﻢﺳﻬﻞﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﻮﺻﻲﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺳﻢﺳﻬﻞﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻳﺸﻤﻞﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ.

6.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ.ﺗﻔﺘﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

7.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

8.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﻇﻬﻮﺭﺧﺪﻣﺔGoogle Cloud Printﺑﺮﺍﺑﻂﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻋﺪﻡﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

َ

ّ

ﻦ-ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔGoogle Cloud Printﻓﻲ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﺇﺫﺍﻃُﻠﺐﻣﻨﻚﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏGoogle.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂﻓﻲﻏﻀﻮﻥ15ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ،ﻓﺎﺑﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﻣﺠﺪﺩًﺍ.

9.ﺧﻼﻝ15ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺭﺍﺑﻂﻣﻤﻜ

ﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.

10.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔCloudﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﺍﻵﻥﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

11.ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺓGoogle Cloud Print,ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺩﺍﺧﻞﺣﺴﺎﺏGoogleﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ:ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ)ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥMAC(.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔGoogle Cloud Printﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.

xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

51

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺨﻂﻫﺎﺗﻒ

ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻧﺸﻮﺏﺣﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂﺳﻠﻚﺧﻂﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕﺭﻗﻢ26ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮﺣﺴﺐﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ

)AWG(.

1.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

2.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞRJ11ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ،ﺭﻗﻢ26ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮﺣﺴﺐﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ)AWG(ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺨﻂﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦ

ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑﺍﻵﺧﺮﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞRJ11ﺑﺨﻂﻫﺎﺗﻒﻳﻌﻤﻞ.

4.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

5.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ.

ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﺗﺆﺛﺮﻋﺪﺓﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞﻓﻲﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔﻭﺿﻐﻂﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀﺍﺕ.
ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﺗﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺻﻮﺭﺓﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ،ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒﻋﻠﻰﻗﺪﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰﺣﻤﻞﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥ
ﻳﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀﺍﺕﺷﺤﻨﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﻠﺘﺼﻖﺑﻬﺎﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ.

ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ→ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ→ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ→ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

5.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ"ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ".

ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻗﺪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﻴﺢ.ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIP

ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺷﺒﻜﺔEthernet.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ

ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻚﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓ.ﻭﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺑﺈﺟﺎﺑﺔﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔﻋﻦﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚﻋﻠﻰ
ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ

•ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ

•ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ

•ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ

•ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ

52

•ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕLDAP

•ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

•ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﻣﻦ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺗﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺄﺣﺪﺙﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻄﺮﺡ

Xeroxﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭًﺍﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ

ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXsupport.

ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺟﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ.ﺛﻢﺍﻃﺒﻊﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ

ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻣﻊﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺣﻮﻝﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞFTPﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ

ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺭﻭﺗﻴﻨﻲﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳﻀًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ

ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺗﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺻﺎﻟﺢﺑﻬﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻌﺬﺭ

ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟـIP،ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻋﺪﻡﺗﻮﻓﺮﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺙﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻣﻦwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdrivers.

R2

ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ

•Windows Vista SP2

•Windows 7ﻭWindows 8ﻮWindows 8.1ﻭWindows 10

•Windows Server 2003 SP2 R2ﻮWindows Server 2008 and R2ﻭWindows Server 2012 and

•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMac 10.8, 10.9, 10.10, 10.11

•ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞUNIXﻭLinux:ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔUNIXﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻋﺒﺮﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺷﺒﻜﺔﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows

1.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻓﻲﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙ

ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕﻣﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖSetup.exe.

2.ﺣﺪﺩﻃﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺃﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ

ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

5.ﻓﻲ"ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ"،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﻭﺍﻓﻖْ.

6.ﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ،ﺣﺪّﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺷﺒﻜﺔ،ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺃﻭﺭﻣﺰ

ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﺳﻢDNS.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺃﻭﺍﺳﻢDNS،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤﺚﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ

ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

8.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚﻋﻦﻃﺮﻳﻖﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﺍﺳﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﺳﻢﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚ.

9.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

10.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

11.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

53

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

12.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ،ﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ.

13.ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔUSBﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows

1.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻓﻲﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕﻣﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖSetup.exe.

2.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.

3.ﻓﻲﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ،ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻭﺍﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

4.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

5.ﻓﻲﺇﻃﺎﺭ"ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ"،ﺍﻣﺴﺢﺃﻱﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻏﻴﺮﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻦﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ.

6.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

7.ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh OS X

1.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻓﻲﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﺣﺪﺙﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﻣﻦwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdrivers.

®

3.xx.x.dmg/.pkgﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

®

3.xx.x.dmg/.pkg،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ.

2.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ

3.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ

4.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﺬﻟﻚ.

5.ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﻭﺍﻓﻖ.

6.ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺃﻭﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻌًﺎﺁﺧﺮﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.

7.ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.

8.ﺣﺪّﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

9.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ:
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻋﻠﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺃﻭﺭﻣﺰﺍﺳﻢDNSﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
b.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
c.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

10.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻬﺎﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻣﻦﺃﻥﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernetﺃﻭUSBﻣﺘﺼﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﻴﺢ.

11.ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

54

12.ﺣﺪﺩﺧﺎﻧﺘﻲﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺴﺤﻬﻤﺎ.

13.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞUNIX

ﻭLinuxﻭAS/400

®

ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ.

®

ﻫﻮﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻳﺘﻴﺢﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻴﯫﺕﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞUNIXﻭLinuxﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓﺇﻟﻰUNIXﻣﻨﻔﺬLPD/LPRﺭﻗﻢ515ﺃﻭlpﺇﻟﻰﻣﻨﻔﺬ9100ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﻭﻣﻠﻘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺼﻞﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕXerox

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

Xeroxﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:

®

ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻦ

•ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ.

•ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻌﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.

•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻓﺤﻮﺻﺎﺕﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﻭﻋﺮﺽﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻓﻲﺃﻱﻭﻗﺖ.

•ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﺷﻜﻞﻭﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏﻋﺮﺽﻋﺎﻡﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞUNIXﻭLinux.

®

ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞLinuxﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ

ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻣﺤﻄﺔﻋﻤﻞLinux،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ

CUPS.ﻟﻴﺴﺖﻫﻨﺎﻙﺣﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰﻛﻼﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﺗﻮﺻﻲﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ

ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞLinux.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdrivers.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔUNIXﻭLinuxﻭAS/400ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.

xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ

ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ)WSD(ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﻞﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺟﻬﺎﺯﻋﻦﺑُﻌﺪﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪﻛﺬﻟﻚﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻪﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻳﺪﻋﻢ

WSDﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻴﻪﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.

ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔWSDﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯ:

1.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺪﺀ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ.

2.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯ.

3.ﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺯﺭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔWSD

ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

4.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔWSDﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ:

1.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺪﺀ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ.

2.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺷﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔBluetooth.

4.ﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

5.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻋﺪﻡﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺃﺭﻳﺪﻫﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥTCP/IPﺃﻭﺍﺳﻢﻣﻀﻴﻒﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

7.ﻣﻦﺣﻘﻞﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺣﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.

8.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒﺃﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIP،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

9.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

55

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ

ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻣﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ:

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXsupport

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ

ﻳﺄﺗﻲﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

Recommended Media List)ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰﺑﻬﺎ(ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ:www.xerox.com/rmlna

ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ:www.xerox.com/rmleu

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺭﺩ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ

ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖﺃﺧﺮﻯﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ

ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕEmbedded Web ServerﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.

ﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚwww.xerox.com/supplies

www.xerox.com/businessresourcecenter

ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻟﻸﺩﻭﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺑﻤﺎﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ
ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀ

ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀwww.xerox.com/worldcontacts

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔwww.xerox.com/register

®

ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖwww.direct.xerox.com/

ﻣﺘﺠﺮXerox

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ

ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙﻋﻨﺪﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔXeroxﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰ

ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺑﻌﺪﺓﻃﺮﻕ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ
ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

56

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﻮﻝ.

ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

3

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰ:

•ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ.......................................................................................58

•ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ.................................................................59

•ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ.........................................................................61

•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ................................................................................................63

•ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ...................................................................................................................65

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

57

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﺿﺒﻄﻪﺷﺨﺼﻴًﺎﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻚﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ

ﻣﻊﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻜﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ

ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺣﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ.

ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﻛﺜﺮﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﺤﻔﻆﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﻟﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﻭﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻬﺎ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ

ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻟﻤﺴﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

ﺗﻀﻤﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔﺗﻠﺒﻲﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ،ﻣﻤﺎﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢﻓﻲ
ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ.

ﺗﺘﻢﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺗﺼﻞﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊ

ﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓFleet Orchestratorﻻﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥﻣﻴﺰﺓFleet Orchestratorﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.

xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

58

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ

ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ.

ﻋﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ

ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

5.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺜﺒﺖﻭﻟﻜﻦﻣﺨﻔﻲ:
a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ)+(.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻩﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

6.ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺜﺒﺖ:
a.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

8.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ

ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺤﺐﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.ﺣﺮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

7.ﺗﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

59

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺣﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ

ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴًﺎ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

5.ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺜﺒﺖ:
a.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.
b.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

7.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ

ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ:

•ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:ﻳﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ:ﻳﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ.

•ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ:ﻳﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺣﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ1-TouchﻭEIPﻭSingle TouchﻭWeblet.

5.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ.

60

ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ

ﺗُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ

ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ.

ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺃﻭﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ

ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻷﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

4.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

•ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺀﻣﻴﺰﺓ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﺨﻔﺎﺓ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﺑﺴﻄﺮﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺽ.

•ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﺰﺓ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﻣﻊﻋﺪﻡﻭﺟﻮﺩ

ﺃﺳﻄﺮﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺽ.

7.ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺛﻢﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ.

8.ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

ﻋﺮﺽﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ

ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻷﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

3.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

4.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ.

ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ.

ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻟﺤﻔﻆﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﻣﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ.

ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

61

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺮﻳﺪﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ.

5.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻛﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

4.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

6.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ.

62

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ،
ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺣﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﻋﻠﻰﺯﺟﺎﺝ

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓFleet Orchestratorﻻﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﻨﺴﺎﺥﻣﻴﺰﺓFleet Orchestratorﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.

xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ

ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

5.ﻣﺮﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﻛﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻟﻤﺴﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﺳﻢ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

8.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﻴﺎﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

9.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

10.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.

11.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

•ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺑﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ.

•ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻌﺮﺽﻣﻠﺨﺺﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ.

12.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺣﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻩ

ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

63

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

5.ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﺣﺬﻑ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﺤﺬﻑﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮًﺍ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻓﻲﺃﻱﻭﻗﺖ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻢ.

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ

ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ِ
ّ

2.ﺣﻤ

ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﻋﻠﻰﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.

3.ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻟﻤﺴﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻤﻬﻤﺘﻚ.

4.ﻳﺠﺐﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ

ﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺮﺽﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻠﻤﺴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺣﺴﺐ

ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺪﺀ.

6.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

64

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ

ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻛﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ

www.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،

ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ.

ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ:ﻳﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ.

5.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

65

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

66

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

4

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰ:

•ﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®...............................................................................................68

•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.....................................................................................................................................71

•ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ......................................................................................................................................74

•ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ......................................................................................................................................80

•ﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ.........................................................................................................................91

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ...............................................................................................................92

•ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﺴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ..............................................................................................................95

•ﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰ........................................................................................................................104

•ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ...................................................................................................................................109

•ﻓﺎﻛﺲﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ........................................................................................................................118

•ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.......................................................................................................................121

•ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ...............................................................................................................................123

®

Xerox

support/ALC80XXdocs.

®

Xerox.ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ

®

Xerox.ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕEIPﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

®

Xeroxﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـ

Appsﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋﻦﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻭﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﺃﻭ

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.
ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/

ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ))Extensible Interface Platform (EIP(ﻣﻦ
ﺁﻣﻨﺔﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

Xerox®.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

67

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®

Xerox

®

ﻣﻦXerox.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

®

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـ

Xeroxﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻮﻓﺮﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺃﻭﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ

®

Xeroxﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ

®

Xerox،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ®ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXeroxﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ

®

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ.ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔﻭﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻭﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.

®

Xeroxﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺼﻔﺢﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ

®

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ.

ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻙﻋﺮﺿًﺎﻧﺸﻄًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰ

ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻑﺧﺎﺩﻡﻣﺤﻠﻲﺩﺍﺧﻞﺟﺪﺍﺭﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻭﺗﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻀﺒﻂﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/xerox-app-gallery.

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®

ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺣﺴﺎﺏApp Gallery،ﻳﺤﻖﻟﻚﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺣﺴﺎﺏApp

Galleryﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ،ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ.

®

Xerox،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰwww.xerox.com/support/xerox-app-gallery.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿﺒﻂﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔﻭﻳﺐﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔﻭﻳﺐﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺣﺴﺎﺏﺧﺎﺹﺑﻤﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox،ﻓﺎﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®.

ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲXerox App Gallery.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﻠﺐﺣﺴﺎﺏ.

5.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺻﺎﻟﺤًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻔﻴﺪﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕﺍﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

7.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪﺇﻟﻰXerox App Gallery.

8.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﻠﺐﺣﺴﺎﺏXerox App Gallery،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺭﺍﺑﻂﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥURLﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺏ.

9.ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺷﺮﻭﻁﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺍﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ.ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺣﺴﺎﺏ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺰﺭﺃﻭﺍﻓﻖ.

10.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ:

•ﻣﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ

•ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ

•ﺍﻻﺳﻢﺍﻷﻭﻝﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ

•ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ

•ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ

68

11.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

12.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ.

13.ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏApp Galleryﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ.

ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®

ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖApp Gallery،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ.

App

®

Xeroxﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ

®

Xeroxﺗﻜﻮﻥﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔﻳﻘﻮﻡ

®

Xeroxﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽ

®

Xeroxﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ.ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﺄﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔﻟﻤﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻱﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺑﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.

ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺣﺴﺎﺏﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲXerox App Gallery.

3.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

4.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

®

Xerox

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.ﻓﻴﻔﺘﺢﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺃﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑـXerox®

®

®

Appsﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒﺇﻟﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙﺃﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻌﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ

Galleryﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ.

ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲXerox App Gallery.

Xerox

Xerox

3.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

4.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

®

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.ﻓﻴﻔﺘﺢﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ".

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﻭﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺟﺪﻳﺪﻣﻨﻪ،ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﺎﺳﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.ﺗﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.

ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.

®

Xerox،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﺮﻭﺝ،ﺃﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

8.ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻦﻣﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲXerox App Gallery.

3.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

4.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ"ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

®

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.ﻓﻴﻔﺘﺢﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ.ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ".

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

69

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

8.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ،ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺇﻟﻰﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.

®

Xerox،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﺮﻭﺝ،ﺃﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

9.ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﻌﺮﺽﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

70

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻞ

ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ.ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻛﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ:

ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﺣﻮﻝﻳﻮﻓﺮﺧﻴﺎﺭ"ﺣﻮﻝ"ﻟﻤﺤﺔﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻦﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ،ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻪﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻋﻠﻰﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﻩ

ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ،ﻭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ.

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ"ﺇﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ"ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺃﻱﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻳﻌﺮﺽ

ﺯﺭ"ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎﺕﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ"ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.

ﻭﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﻟﻜﻞﻭﺣﺪﺓ.

ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

ﺳﻄﻮﻉﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡ

ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ

ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺇﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ

ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭ"ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ"ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻟﻜﻞﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ.ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮﺽﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ

ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ/ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ/ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻟﻠﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢ

ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ"ﻋﺎﻡ"ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺜﻞﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭ"ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑُﻌﺪ"ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﻟﻰﻓﺮﻳﻖﺩﻋﻢXerox.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻡﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ

ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪ

ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

®

71

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺣﻮﻝ

ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ"ﺣﻮﻝ"ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻬﺎﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﻭﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ

ﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.

ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ

ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚﻋﻠﻰﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ،

ﻭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ.

ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺻﻔﺤﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ

ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ
ﻭﻏﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ.

ﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.

ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔﻭﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺣﻠﻬﺎ.

ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ

ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

PostScriptﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺍﻻﺳﻢ

ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ

ﻣﻠﺨﺺﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻣﻠﺨﺺﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ

ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﺗﻮﻓﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻃﺒﻊﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.

ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPCLﺗﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPCLﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺧﻄﻮﻁPCL

ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPostScriptﺗﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻄﻮﻁPostScriptﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺧﻄﻮﻁ

72

ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪﺍﻟﻤﯯﻳﺔﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭﻣﻦEmbedded Web Server.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏﻣﻮﻋﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.

ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺣﺎﻟﺔﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

1.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺨﺺﺣﺎﻟﺔﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ<→ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.

2.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲﺫﻟﻚﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﻃﻠﺒﻪ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱﺃﻭﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲﺃﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ

ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ.

3.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺃﺧﺮﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

4.ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺻﻔﺤﺔ"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

5.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

6.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.

7.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡEmbedded Web Server.ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻋﻦﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻛﻞ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

ﺗﻌﺮﺽﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ/ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﻗﺎﻣﺖﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎﺃﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻃﻮﺍﻝﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺪﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻛﻮﺟﻪﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦﺗُﺤﺴﺐ

ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺘﻴﻦ.

ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓﻭﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ→ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﺮﺓ/ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.

ﺗُﻌﺮﺽﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ:

•ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ:ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﺩﻭﻥﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻟﻮﻥ.

•ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ:ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ.

•ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ:ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲﻋﺪﺩﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ.

3.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ:ﻳﻌﺮﺽﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻬﺎﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻭﻗﺪﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳًﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ

ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡﺑﻌﺪﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ

ﻛﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺃﻭﻛﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺃﺻﻐﺮﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ.

•ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ:ﻳﻌﺮﺽﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻬﺎﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺫﻱﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦﻛﺴﻄﺮ

ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞﻋﻦﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ.

•ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ:ﻳﻌﺮﺽﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ

ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

•ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ:ﻳﻌﺮﺽﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻞﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﻦ

ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﻋﻠﻰﺳﻄﺮﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ.

•ﺟﻤﻴﻊﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ:ﻳﻌﺮﺽﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻛﻞﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

4.ﺑﻌﺪﻋﺮﺽﻗﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﻟﻰﻓﺮﻳﻖﺩﻋﻢXeroxﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪﻓﻲﺣﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ

ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺇﻟﻰXerox،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.

xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

73

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ،ﻭﻋﺮﺽﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﺃﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﺃﻭﻋﺮﺽﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ.

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ

ﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻘﻮﻡ

ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳﻀًﺎﻋﺮﺽﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻌﻠﻖﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺃﻭﻭﺭﻕ

ﺃﻭﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ.ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺣﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ،ﺗﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻋﻨﺪﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺣﺘﻰ

ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻣﺰﻣﺮﻭﺭﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺇﻟﻰﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.

ﻣﻦﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،

ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺇﻟﻰﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server.

ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺰﺭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ.ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﺤﺪﺩﺃﻓﻀﻞﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.

2.ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺈﻛﻤﺎﻝﻣﻬﻤﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

3.ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺰﺭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺆﻗﺖﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺯﺭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

3.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻓﻲﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

74

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

3.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﻓﻴﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ.

•ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ.ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

•ﻟﻨﻘﻞﻣﻬﻤﺔﺇﻟﻰﺭﺃﺱﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ.

•ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻘﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻟﻌﺮﺽﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

4.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻋﻦﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﺎﻡﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﻧﻈﺎﻡﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽ

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ.

•ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺣﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔﺇﻻﻣﻦﻗِﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺬﻱﻗﺎﻡﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

3.ﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

4.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

•ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ.

•ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﺼﺪﺭﻭﺭﻕﺑﺪﻳﻞﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﺑﺪﻳﻞ.ﺣﺪﺩﺩﺭﺝﻭﺭﻕﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﺑﺪﻳﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺧﻴﺎﺭ

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﺑﺪﻳﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

5.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ

ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﻓﻲ

ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺿﻤﻦﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

ﺗﻢﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻫﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻫﻨﺎﻙﻟﺤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ.

ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦ"،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.ﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﻓﻲ

ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ

1.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰCTRL+Pﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindowsﺃﻭCMD+PﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh.

2.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺰﺭﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﻓﻲﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕXerox.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

75

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

3.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

a.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﺣﺪﺩﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
b.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪﺃﻭﺣﺪﺩﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
c.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺭﻣﺰﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﺎﺹ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
d.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻓﻲEmbedded Web Serverﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﺃﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

2.ﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

4.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

5.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

•ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ.

•ﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺤﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻮﻗﻊﻣﺠﻠﺪﺁﺧﺮ.

•ﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓ"ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ"ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺣﺘﻰﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺑﻌﺪﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ

1.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰCTRL+Pﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindowsﺃﻭCMD+PﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh.

2.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺰﺭﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﻓﻲﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ.

3.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ.

4.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻩ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

5.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻱﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ

76

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

3.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔﻭﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

5.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺭﻗﻢﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ:

•ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻜﻞ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻜﻞ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺑﻌﺪﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.

7.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ

ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻧﻮﻉﻣﻬﻤﺔ"ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ"ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ

ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻣﺎﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﻘﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﻫﻲﻧﻮﻉﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﻓﻲﻣﺠﻠﺪﻳُﺴﻤﻰﺑﻤﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻥﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻭﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻬﺎﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﺭﻣﺰﻣﺮﻭﺭ.

•ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦﻷﻱﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ.

•ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﺑﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻱﻧﺴﺦﻣﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.
ﺑﻌﺪﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ،ﻳﺘﻢﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.

ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ

1.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰCTRL+Pﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindowsﺃﻭCMD+PﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh.

2.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺰﺭﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﻓﻲﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ.

3.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻋﻴﻨﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻱﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMacintosh،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻋﻴﻨﺔ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻭﺻﻒﻣﻠﻒﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻛﻤﻬﻤﺔﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯﺓﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ،ﻭﻳُﻈﻬﺮﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ

ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧُﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.

5.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

77

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server

ﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔﺑﺨﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻋﺮﺽﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔﻭﺣﺬﻑﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ

Embedded Web Serverﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﺎﻡﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ.psﻭ.

pdfﻭ.pclﻭ.xpsﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﺎﻡﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲﺃﻭﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ

ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻫﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻫﻨﺎﻙﻟﺤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮﺃﻳﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ

ﻓﻲﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺻﻔﺤﺔ"ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ"ﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ

ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ.

ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡEmbedded Web Server:

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

2.ﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

•ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﻣﺆﻗﺖ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻟﺤﺬﻑﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺣﺬﻑ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

5.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

2.ﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ.

4.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻻﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻠﻒ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻩ.

•ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ.

5.ﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰ"ﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ":

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ.

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺑﻌﺪﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ:ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﻣﻬﻤﺔﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺦﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ

ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺣﺘﻰﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.

•ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺤﻔﻆﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﻣﺠﻠﺪﻋﻠﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﻢﻣﻬﻤﺔﻭﻣﺠﻠﺪ.

•ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖﻣﺤﺪﺩﻳﺼﻞﺇﻟﻰ24ﺳﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

7.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ،ﺣﺪﺩﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ،ﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

8.ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ.

•ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ

•ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ

•ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ

•ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻮﺱ

•ﺍﻟﻄﻲ

•ﻭﺟﻬﺔﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ

78

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.

9.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻣﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ.

10.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ

1.ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐ.ﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

2.ﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.

4.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

5.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

•ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ.

•ﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺤﺬﻑﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻮﻗﻊﻣﺠﻠﺪﺁﺧﺮ.

•ﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

79

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ

ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﻧﺴﺨﺔ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺗﻘﻮﻡ

ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺑﻨﺎﺀًﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ

ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴﺨﺔ

ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴﺨﺔ:

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻐﺬﻳﺘﻪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ،
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ.

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻳﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﺃﻭﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚﻭﺭﻕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥ

ﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻷﻋﻠﻰﻣﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺃﻭﻻً.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺣﺘﻰﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ

ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

80

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ،ﻳﻀﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮLEDﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

4.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

5.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.

6.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ

ﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ.

ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺪﺀ.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ،ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺣﺘﻰﺗﺼﺒﺢﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ.

8.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻬﺎ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

9.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻧﺴﺦﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﻋﺮﺽﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﻦﺻﻮﺭﺓﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿﺒﻂﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱﻭﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ

ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿﺒﻂﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ.ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿﺒﻂﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺣﺴﺐﺩﺭﺟﺔ

ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻭﺀﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊﺇﻟﻰﺟﻌﻞﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺃﻛﺜﺮﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗًﺎﺃﻭﺑﻬﺘﺎﻧًﺎ.

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺃﻭﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻟﻮﻥﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻟﻮﻥﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ.

•ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ:ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻣﻠﻮﻧًﺎ،ﻓﺴﺘﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ
ﻧُﺴﺦﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ،ﻓﺴﺘﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧُﺴﺦﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩﻓﻘﻂ.

•ﺃﺑﻴﺾﻭﺃﺳﻮﺩ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝﻧﺴﺦﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩﻓﻘﻂ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺇﻟﻰﻇﻼﻝﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ.

•ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ:ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻨﺴﺦﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱﻭﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ

ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ.

•ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻮﻥﻭﺍﺣﺪ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ.
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻮﻥﻭﺍﺣﺪﻋﻠﻰﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝﻇﻼﻝﻟﻮﻥﻭﺍﺣﺪ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻟﻮﻥ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻟﻮﻥ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﻋﻠﻰ

ﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺿﺒﻂﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻋﻨﺪﺿﺒﻂ"ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ"ﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ".

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

81

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

4.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﻥﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺟﻤﻴﻌًﺎ:
a.ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ.
b.ﺣﺮّﻙﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﻟﻀﺒﻂﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﻛﻞﻟﻮﻥ.

5.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ،ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻈﻞﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ:
a.ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﺿﺒﻄﻪ.
c.ﺣﺮّﻙﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﻟﻀﺒﻂﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔﻭﺍﻟﻈﻼﻝ.
d.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﺃﻛﺜﺮ،ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﻴﻦ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻋﻨﺪﺿﺒﻂ"ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ"ﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ".

4.ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﻣﺴﺒﻖﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.ﺗُﻈﻬﺮﺻﻮﺭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺿﺒﻂ

ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﺒﻊ.

4.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ،ﺣﺮّﻙﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﻣﺴﺢﺣﻮﺍﻑﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯﻣﻦﺣﻮﺍﻑﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻡﺯﺓﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻣﺴﺤﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ

ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ.

ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺣﻮﺍﻑﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ.

82

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ:ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊﺟﻤﻴﻌًﺎﺑﻨﻔﺲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻣﺴﺤﻪ،ﺣﺮّﻙﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.

•ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﻤﺴﺤﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﺃﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺃﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮﺃﻭ

ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.

5.ﻟﺘﻌﻜﺲﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺫﺍﺗﻪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻪ1ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ1.

6.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺣﺠﻢﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲﺃﻭﻣﺨﺼﺺﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺃﻭﻟﺘﺘﻮﻟﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ

ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﺻﻠﻲﺑﺤﺠﻢﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ.

ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ.

•ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ:ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎﻟﺤﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ.

ﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

•ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ

ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.

•ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﺑﺄﺣﺠﺎﻡﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺫﺍﺕﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﻓﻲﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻮﺿﻊﺻﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.ﻭﻳُﻌﺪﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﻣﻔﻴﺪًﺍﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺃﺻﻐﺮﻣﻦﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻟﻜﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﻣﻴﺰﺓ
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﻴﺢ،ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:

•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ:ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎﻷﻋﻠﻰﻭﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗﺪﺧﻞﺣﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺃﻭﻻً.

•ﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ:ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ،ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﻣﻦﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ

ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓﺇﻟﻰﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ.

ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻮﺿﻊﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ:ﻳﻤﺜﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

•ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻂﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻂﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.

5.ﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﺃﻋﻠﻰ/ﺃﺳﻔﻞﺃﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭ/ﻳﻤﻴﻦ.

ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.

6.ﻟﺘﻌﻜﺲﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺫﺍﺗﻪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻪ1ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ1.

7.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ.

8.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

83

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ

ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻧﺴﺦﺇﻣﺎﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺃﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻗﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻧﺴﺦﻛﻠﺘﺎﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻗﺘﻴﻦ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧُﺴﺦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕﺃﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺓ.ﻻﺗﻀﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺓﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.

ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ:ﻳﻤﺜﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

•ﻛﻠﺘﺎﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺴﺢﻛﻼﺻﻔﺤﺘﻲﻛﺘﺎﺏﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻗﺘﻴﻦ.

•ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ/ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰﻓﻘﻂ:ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺃﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰﻣﻦﻛﺘﺎﺏﻭﺍﺣﺪﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻗﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.

5.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻣﺴﺢﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﻣﺴﺢﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ

ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﺴﺢﻣﺎﻳﺼﻞﺇﻟﻰ50ﻣﻢ)ﺑﻮﺻﺘﺎﻥ(ﻣﻦﻛﻠﺘﺎﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ،ﺃﻭ25ﻣﻢ)ﺑﻮﺻﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(ﻣﻦﺻﻔﺤﺔ

ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻛﺘﻴﺐ

ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦﻋﻠﻰﻛﻞﻭﺟﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﻋﻨﺪﻃﻴﻬﺎ.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺪﺑﻴﺲﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻭﻃﻴﻬﺎﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻛﺘﻴﺐ.

ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻛﺘﻴﺐ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ،ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦ.

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ:ﻳﻤﺜﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻛﺘﻴﺐ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺿﺒﻂﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.ﺣﺪﺩﺩﺭﺝ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

5.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺃﻭﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺃﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﺫﺍﺕﻭﺟﻪﻭﺍﺣﺪﺃﻭﻭﺟﻬﻴﻦﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻟﻠﻜﺘﻴﺐ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻭﺣﺪﺓﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭ"ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻲ"ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻄﻲﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ.

84

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰﻭﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻥﺃﻭﺛﻘﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ.ﺗﺤﺪﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ

ﻣﻦﺩﺭﺝﺁﺧﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔﺃﻭﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ.

ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻏﻼﻑﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺧﺎﺻﺔ→ﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺿﺒﻂﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.ﺣﺪﺩﺩﺭﺝ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

4.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ"ﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔ"،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭ.

•ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞﺍﻟﻐﻼﻓﻴﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ:ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻓﻴﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.

•ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑﺍﻟﻐﻼﻓﻴﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ:ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.

•ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻓﻘﻂ:ﻳﺸﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻓﻘﻂ.

•ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻓﻘﻂ:ﻳﺸﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻓﻘﻂ.

5.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭ.

•ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝﻏﻼﻑﻓﺎﺭﻍ.

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ1ﻓﻘﻂ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﻓﻘﻂ.ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ

ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ180ﺩﺭﺟﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2.

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2ﻓﻘﻂ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻇﻬﺮﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑﻓﻘﻂ.ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ

180ﺩﺭﺟﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2.

•ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻛﻼﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ:ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﻛﻼﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ.

•ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ2:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ180ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.

6.ﻟﻺﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.

8.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﺪﺧﻞﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﺎﺻﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

9.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔﺃﻭﻭﺭﻕﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﻤﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻓﻲﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ.ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰ

ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ.

ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺧﺎﺻﺔﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺿﺒﻂﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.ﺣﺪﺩﺩﺭﺝ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

4.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

5.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﻹﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

6.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ:
a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺩﺭﺝﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

85

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ،ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.

8.ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.

9.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﺪﺧﻞﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﺎﺻﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

10.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻓﻲﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ

ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿﺒﻂﻛﻞﻓﺼﻞﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﺗﺘﺮﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﺣﺪ

ﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔﻓﺎﺭﻏًﺎﺣﺘﻰﻳﺒﺪﺃﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ،ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ.

ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺧﺎﺻﺔ→ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ.

4.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺤﺔﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

5.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ،ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

•ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ:ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ.

•ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ:ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.

7.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺃﺧﺮﻯ،ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.

8.ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.

9.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﺪﺧﻞﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﺎﺻﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

10.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ

َ

ﻞﻓﻲﺩﺭﺝﻭﺭﻕﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎﻋﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺑﻘﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.

ّ

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺿﺒﻂﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ.ﺣﺪﺩﺩﺭﺝ

ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﻣُﺤﻤ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻣﻤﺎﺛﻼًﻟﺤﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ.

ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺧﺎﺻﺔ→ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ.

4.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻧﻄﺎﻕﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ:

•ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﻭﻝﺣﻘﻞﻣﻦﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲ

•ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺛﺎﻧﻲﺣﻘﻞﻣﻦﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.

86

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺤﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻛﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎﻛﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔﻟﻠﻨﻄﺎﻕ.

5.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ:
a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰﻭﺭﻕﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻧﻄﺎﻕﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.

7.ﻟﻀﺒﻂﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕﺃﺧﺮﻯ،ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.

8.ﺍﻟﻤﺲX.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ.

9.ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻣﺪﺧﻞﺻﻔﺤﺔﺧﺎﺻﺔﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

10.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔﻣﺜﻞﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻨُﺴﺦ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔﺃﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔﻓﻲﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ.

•ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ"ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ"،ﻓﻠﻦﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ.
ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ.

4.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ:

a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
d.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
e.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﺿﻊﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗُﻈﻬﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝﻣﻮﻗﻊﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.
f.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

5.ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ:

a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
c.ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

•ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ.

•ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻧﺺﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻪ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ".
d.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
e.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﺿﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗُﻈﻬﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ.
f.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

6.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ:
a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ.
c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
d.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

87

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

e.ﻟﻮﺿﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦﻓﻲﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻳﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗُﻈﻬﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ.
f.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

7.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻃﺎﺑﻊﺃﺧﺘﺎﻡ:
a.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻃﺎﺑﻊﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ.
b.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
c.ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﯪﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

•ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﯪﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ.

•ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺑﺎﺩﺋﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻧﺺ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﯪﺕﺃﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺩﻧﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﯪﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ".
d.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺋﺔ

ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﻋﺪﺩﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ.

e.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
f.ﻟﻮﺿﻊﻃﺎﺑﻊﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡﻓﻲﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻳﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗُﻈﻬﺮﺻﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝﻣﻮﻗﻊﻃﺎﺑﻊﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ.
g.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

8.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻨﺺ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

9.ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺧﻠﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﻜﻞ.

10.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻟﻮﺿﻊﻋﺪﺩﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔﺃﻭﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ.

ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻟﻜﻞﻭﺟﻪ:ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩًﺍﻣﺤﺪﺩًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔﺃﻭﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ.ﺣﺪﺩﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻟﻜﻞﻭﺟﻪ.

•ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ:ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻋﺪﺩًﺍﻣﺤﺪﺩًﺍﻣﻦﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔﺃﻭﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ.ﺣﺪﺩﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ

ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﻣﻼﺀﻣﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ

ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ.

5.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﺪﺩﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺻﻔﻮﻑﺃﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ.ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.

6.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ.ﺣﺪﺩﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱﺃﻭﺃﻓﻘﻲ.

88

7.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﻧﺴﺦ

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻜﻞﺟﺰﺀﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ

ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻭﺇﻛﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ.

ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

5.ﻗﺴّﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

6.ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻭﻝﻭﻣﺴﺤﻪﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ:

ِ
ّ

a.ﺣﻤ

ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻭﻝ.

b.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ.
c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ.

7.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

8.ﺍﻃﺒﻊﺟﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔﺃﻭﺍﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ.

a.ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻋﻴﻨﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ.
b.ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ.
c.ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺟﻤﻊﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ.

9.ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

ِ
ّ

a.ﺣﻤ

ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

b.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ.
c.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

10.ﺗﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀﺣﺘﻰﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

11.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ

ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﻴﺰﺓ"ﻧﺴﺦﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ"ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻟﻔﺤﺼﻬﺎﻗﺒﻞﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺦﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.ﺗُﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎﻡ

ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﺓﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ.ﺑﻌﺪﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔﻭﻓﺤﺼﻪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺅﻫﺎ.
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﻋﻴﻨﺔﻣﻦﻣﻬﻤﺘﻚ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

4.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﺪﺩﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﻋﻴﻨﺔ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﺪﺀ.ﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ.

7.ﺍﻓﺤﺺﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔﻏﻴﺮﻣُﺮﺿﻴﺔ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﻭﻻﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧُﺴﺦﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﻣُﺮﺿﻴﺔ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ.ﺗﺘﻢﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨُﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.

8.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

89

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺣﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ

ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﻣﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺕﺑﺎﺳﻢﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ
ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻻﺣﻘًﺎ.

ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

5.ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﻱﺧﻴﺎﺭﻣﻤﻴﺰًﺍﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ>Available<.

6.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻳﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻧﺴﺦﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺑﺎﺳﻢﻣﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺣﻔﻆﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

ﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ:

1.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

2.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ.

4.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻟﺤﺬﻑﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺣﺬﻑﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

90

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻧﺴﺨﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻧﺴﺨﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔﻟﻨﺴﺦﻛﻼﻭﺟﻬﻲﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔﺃﻭﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺻﻐﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻪ

ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.ﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﻴﺢ،ﺿﻊﻛﻞﻭﺟﻪﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝ

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.ﺗﺨﺰﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻛﻼﻭﺟﻬﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﻭﺗﻄﺒﻌﻬﻤﺎﻭﺟﻬًﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍﻵﺧﺮﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ.

ﺇﻥﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮّﻑﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ

ﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

ﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻫﻮﻳﺔ

ﻟﻨﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻫﻮﻳﺔ:

1.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻧﺴﺦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ.

4.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

5.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

6.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ.

7.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.ﺿﻊﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻵﺧﺮﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ.

8.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻧُﺴﺦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ.

9.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

91

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ،ﻓﻀﻼًﻋﻦﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ
ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻭﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺻﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ

ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝﺻﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ:

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻐﺬﻳﺘﻪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ،
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ.

92

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﻭﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻷﻋﻠﻰﻣﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺃﻭﻻً.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺣﺘﻰﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ
ﻓﻲﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ،ﻳﻀﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮLEDﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

4.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

5.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻇﻬﺮﺕﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺲXﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ.

•ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺃﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻼﺕﺃﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ،
ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤًﺎ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﻣﻦﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺤﺚ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻳﺪﻭﻱ.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ
ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻚﺇﻟﻰﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻲ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ.

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ،ﺛﻢﻛﺮﺭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦﻋﻠﻰﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.

6.ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻟﻰ:ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﺔ:،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﺔﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ:.

7.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ:

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ،ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻛﺎﺳﻢﻣﻠﻒﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻛﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﻣﻠﻒﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻠﻒﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚﺃﻭﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ،ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ

ﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ.

ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

8.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

9.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻬﺎ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

10.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺪﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﻋﺪﺩﻳﺼﻞﺇﻟﻰ5000ﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢﻋﻨﺪﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺪﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ:

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﻳﺠﺐﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻡﻣﺴﻮﺅﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ"ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ/ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ"ﻣﻦ

"ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ".

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.

4.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

5.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻳﺪﻭﻱ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.

6.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢﺇﻟﻰﺩﻓﺘﺮﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

93

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

7.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.

•ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺪﺧﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺪﺧﻞﺣﺎﻟﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺟﻬﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ.ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲ
ﺑﺤﺚ.

8.ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢﻟﻠﻈﻬﻮﺭﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﻔﻀﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻧﺠﻤﺔ.

9.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ:

10.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

11.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

94

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﺴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ

ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ

ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻷﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ،ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ
ﻣﻠﻒﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺃﺭﺷﻔﺘﻪ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞﻣﻴﺰﺓ"ﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂﻣﻬﻤﺔ
ﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺣﻔﻆﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﻭﺍﺣﺪ

ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﺠﺐﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ

ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻣﻦﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ،ﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ

ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:

•ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻬﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺃﻭﺇﻟﻰﺃﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦﺟﻬﺔ.ﺗﺸﻤﻞ

ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﻣﻮﻗﻊFTP،ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌًﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ،ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡﺷﺒﻜﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺃﻳﻀًﺎ.

•ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻣﻦﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ

ﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

•ﻳُﻤﻜﻨّﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻣﻦﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

•ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰUSBﻣﻦﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺤﺮﻙﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹUSBﻣﺘﺼﻞ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﻓﻲﺩﻓﺘﺮﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺣﻮﻝﺟﻤﻴﻊﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

95

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ

ﻟﻤﺴﺢﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﺻﻠﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ:

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺍﻟﺬﻱﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻐﺬﻳﺘﻪﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ،
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺛﻢﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯﺑﺰﺟﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ.

•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﺫﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻳﺔﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲﺃﻭﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚﻭﺭﻕﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚﻳﻜﻮﻥ

ﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﻷﻋﻠﻰﻣﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﻓﻲﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺃﻭﻻً.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕﺣﺘﻰﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ

ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

96

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ،ﻳﻀﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮLEDﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

4.ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ.

5.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ،ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮ

ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﻋﺪﻡﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮ

ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.

6.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ

ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

7.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

•ﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﺟﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﻣﻠﻒﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.

•ﻓﻲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦ

ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.

ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

8.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻛﺎﺳﻢﻣﻠﻒﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻛﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﻣﻠﻒﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

•ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺘﺨﺬﻩﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻋﻨﺪﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪ
ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪpdfﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﺛﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ

ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.com/support/

ALC80XXdocs.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻭﻟﺠﻤﻊﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻓﻲﻣﻠﻒﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﻭﺍﺣﺪ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ.

ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

9.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ.

10.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻬﺎ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

11.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:

•ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.

•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻦﺑﻌﺪ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server.

•ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺃﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ

ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ

ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋﻦﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ
ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺤﺪﺩﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ

ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻬﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺃﻭﻋﺪﺓﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ

ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔﻓﻲﻛﻞﻣﻬﻤﺔﻣﻦﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞ.

ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ:

•ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

•ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﺜﻞﻣﻮﻗﻊFTPﺃﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊﻭﻳﺐﺃﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡSMB.

•ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ.

ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻓﻲﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻤﻦﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ

ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.

ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ

ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

97

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ

ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻫﻮﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ

ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.

ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻛﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﻭﺍﺣﺪ

ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞﺣﺘﻰﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰwww.xerox.

com/support/ALC80XXdocs.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﺩﻉﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ

1.ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺃﻱﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽﻭﻳﺐﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻓﻲﺣﻘﻞﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻭ

ﻋﻮﺩﺓ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻻﺗﻌﺮﻑﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ،ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻋﻦﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIPﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ.

2.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﻼﻣﺔﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.

3.ﻓﻲﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.

4.ﻟـ"ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞ"،ﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ:

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺣﺪﺩﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ.

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻓﺎﻛﺲﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺭﻗﻢﻓﺎﻛﺲﻣﻠﻘﻢ.

5.ﻟـ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ"،ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﻭﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ"،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.

6.ﻟـ"ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ"،ﺃﺿﻒﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ:
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺣﻘﻞﺍﻻﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻑ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.
b.ﻟـ"ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ"،ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ.

•ﻟـ"ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIP"،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ"ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥIP":ﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ.

•ﻟـ"ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ"ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ":ﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ.
c.ﺍﻛﺘﺐﺍﺳﻢﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.ﻓﻲSMB،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ.

ِ
ّ

ﺩﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

d.ﻓﻲ"ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ"،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲﺿﻤﻦﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ.ﺣﺪ
e.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻢﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺩﺧﻮﻝﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﺳﻢﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺤﻤﻞﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦﺍﺳﻢﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ

ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝﺃﻳﻀًﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ/ﺍﺳﻢﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ.

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.

8.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯﺇﻟﻰﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻟـ"ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ".

•ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻓﺎﻛﺲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻟـ"ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ".

9.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.
ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲEmbedded Web Server،ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﻓﻲﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ

ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.

98

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙﻋﺒﺮﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSMB.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﻋﻠﻰﺧﺎﺩﻡﺃﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻳﺸﻐﻞﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕSMB.

ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙﻣﻊﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﻣﺠﻠﺪﻋﻠﻰﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows

1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢWindows Explorer.

2.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻏﺐﻓﻲﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ.

3.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.

4.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ.

5.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷﺫﻭﻧﺎﺕ.

6.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻛﻞﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ،ﺛﻢﺗﺤﻘﻖﻣﻦﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺫﻭﻧﺎﺕ.

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖﻻﺣﻖ.

8.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮﻯ.

9.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏﻼﻕ.

ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﻣﺠﻠﺪﻓﻲMacintosh OS Xﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ10.7ﻭﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ

ِ
ّ

ﺩﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.

1.ﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ"Apple"،ﺣﺪ

2.ﻣﻦﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ.

3.ﺿﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ)+(.ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺮﻳﺪﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ

ﻓﻮﻕﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ.

ِ
ّ

ﺩﻩ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ.

ِ
ّ

ِ
ّ

ﺩﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.

ﺩﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSMB.

4.ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺣﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻤﺠﻠﺪﻙ،ﺣﺪ

5.ﻣﻦﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ"،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻛﻞﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ,ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ.

6.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ.

•ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ،ﺣﺪ

•ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﻣﻊﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻣﺤﺪﺩﻳﻦ،ﺣﺪ

7.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻢ.

8.ﺃﻏﻠﻖﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ".

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﻣﺠﻠﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ،ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙﻓﻲﺑﺎﺣﺚﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ

ﻳُﻌﺪﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺃﺑﺴﻂﻃﺮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ.ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ

ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻫﻲﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋﻦﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺗﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺴﺢﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﻣﺠﻠﺪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤُﺨﺰّﻥﻟﻼﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅﺑﻪﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.

ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺫﻱﻭﺟﻪﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝﻭﻣﻠﻮﻥﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ.pdf.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻋﻠﻰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﺄﻥﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ

ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

99

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ

ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕXerox®

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ

ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪﻋﺎﻡﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻻﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪ

ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻓﻲﻣﺠﻠﺪ
ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪﺧﺎﺹﻣﺤﻤﻲﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ

ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺧﺎﺹ.

ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺻﻮﺭﺓﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪﻋﺎﻡ:

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

4.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ"،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮﺽﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ.

5.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﻣﻠﻒ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

6.ﺍﺿﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺣﺴﺐﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢﻣﻠﻒﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﺳﻤًﺎﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

•ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺡﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻛﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﻣﻠﻒﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ.

•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺯﺟﺎﺝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔﻟﺠﻤﻊﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕﻓﻲﻣﻠﻒﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲﻭﺍﺣﺪ.

•ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﺧﻴﺎﺭًﺍ.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑﻋﻠﻰﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.

7.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺿﻮﺋﻲ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﺗﻘﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ"،ﻭﻳﺘﻢﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.ﺗﺨﺰﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ

ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.

8.ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻝﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻬﻤﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻬﺎ.

•ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.

•ﻟﻤﺴﺢﺻﻔﺤﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

•ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ.

9.ﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﻣﻦﻣﺠﻠﺪ

ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ.

ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ

ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹﻛﻠﻤﺔ

ﻣﺮﻭﺭ.

ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺧﺎﺩﻡﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪ

ﺧﺎﺹ.

ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲﺇﻟﻰﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪﺧﺎﺹ:

1.ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ.

2.ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ،ﺍﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰﺯﺭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.

3.ﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﺴﺢﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ.

100

4.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ"ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ"،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺠﻠﺪﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺑﺮﻳﺪﺧﺎﺹ.

ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮﺽﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻬﻤﺔﺳﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ.

5.ﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ"ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ"،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻤﺲﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.

6.ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒ،ﺍﻟﻤﺲﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﻣﻠﻒ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻭﺟﻬﺔﻣﻠﻒﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.

Xerox®AltaLinkﻃﺮﺍﺯC80XXﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ

®

ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ

ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ